1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
68 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
69 static void dwarf2out_source_line PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
72 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
73 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
74 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
75 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
76 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
77 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
78 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
79 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
80 CIE = Common Information Entry
81 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
82 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
83 FDE = Frame Description Entry
84 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
85 how to restore registers
87 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
88 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
90 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
97 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
98 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
101 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
102 || flag_unwind_tables
103 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
108 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
110 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
113 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note this must appear
114 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro
118 default_eh_frame_section ()
120 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
121 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
122 int fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
123 int per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
124 int lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
128 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
129 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
130 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
135 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
140 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
143 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
144 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
145 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
149 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
150 must be kept around forever. */
151 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
153 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
154 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
155 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
156 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
158 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
159 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
160 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
161 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
162 define type declaration DIE's. */
163 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
165 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
166 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
167 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
170 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
171 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
172 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
174 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
175 Information instructions. The register number, offset
176 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
177 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
179 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
181 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
187 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
189 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
190 long int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
191 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
192 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
196 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
198 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
199 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
200 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
202 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
207 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
208 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
209 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
210 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
211 of this structure. */
212 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
217 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
220 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
221 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
222 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
223 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
224 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
226 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
230 const char *dw_fde_end;
231 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
232 unsigned funcdef_number;
233 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
234 unsigned nothrow : 1;
235 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
239 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
240 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
242 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
243 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
244 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
245 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
247 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
248 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
251 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
252 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
253 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
256 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
257 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
260 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
262 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
263 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
264 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
266 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
267 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
268 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
269 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
271 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
275 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
276 information for each routine. */
277 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
279 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
280 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
282 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
283 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
285 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
287 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
289 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
290 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
292 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
293 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
294 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
295 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
296 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
297 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
300 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
303 unsigned int refcount;
308 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
310 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
311 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
313 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
315 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
317 static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
318 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
319 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
320 static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
321 static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
322 static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref,
324 static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
325 static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
327 static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
328 static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
329 static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int));
330 static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
331 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
332 static void queue_reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, long));
333 static void flush_queued_reg_saves PARAMS ((void));
334 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save PARAMS ((rtx));
335 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
337 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
338 static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
339 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
340 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
341 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
342 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
343 static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *,
346 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
347 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
348 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
351 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
352 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
353 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
355 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
356 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
359 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
360 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
363 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
364 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
367 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
368 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
369 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
370 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
371 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
372 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
373 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
374 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
375 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
376 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
377 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
379 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
380 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
382 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
384 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
386 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
390 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
391 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
392 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
393 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
396 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
397 for the current function. */
398 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
399 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
402 /* Hook used by __throw. */
405 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
407 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
410 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
411 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
417 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
422 while (*s && *s != ',')
429 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
432 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
436 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
437 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
438 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
440 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
441 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
443 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
444 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
449 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
453 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
456 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
461 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
462 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
464 return "DW_CFA_offset";
466 return "DW_CFA_restore";
470 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
471 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
472 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
473 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
474 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
475 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
476 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
477 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
478 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
479 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
480 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
481 case DW_CFA_undefined:
482 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
483 case DW_CFA_same_value:
484 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
485 case DW_CFA_register:
486 return "DW_CFA_register";
487 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
488 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
489 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
490 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
492 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
493 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
494 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
495 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
496 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
499 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
500 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
501 case DW_CFA_expression:
502 return "DW_CFA_expression";
503 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
504 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
505 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
506 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
507 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
508 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
510 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
511 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
512 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
515 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
516 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
517 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
518 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
519 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
520 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
523 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
527 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
529 static inline dw_cfi_ref
532 dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
534 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
535 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
536 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
541 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
544 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
545 dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
550 /* Find the end of the chain. */
551 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
557 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
560 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
562 static char label[20];
564 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
565 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
569 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
570 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
573 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
579 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
582 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
584 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
585 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
589 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
591 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
593 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
594 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
595 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
598 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
602 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
605 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
608 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
610 dw_cfa_location *loc;
612 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
614 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
615 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
617 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
618 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
621 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
622 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
624 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
625 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
632 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
636 dw_cfa_location *loc;
640 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
643 loc->base_offset = 0;
645 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
646 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
648 if (fde_table_in_use)
650 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
651 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
652 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
656 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
657 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
659 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
661 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
663 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
664 static long args_size;
666 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
667 static long old_args_size;
669 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
670 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
671 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
674 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
684 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
687 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
688 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
691 def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
693 dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
696 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
701 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
702 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
704 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
705 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
707 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
708 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
709 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
710 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
715 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
717 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
718 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
720 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
721 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
724 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
725 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
728 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
729 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
730 offset has not changed. */
731 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
732 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
736 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
738 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
739 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
740 the specified offset. */
741 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
742 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
743 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
747 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
748 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
749 register-offset pair is available. */
750 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
752 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
753 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
754 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
757 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
760 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
761 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
762 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
763 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
766 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
772 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
774 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
776 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
777 the value isn't a register number. */
778 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
781 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
783 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
785 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
787 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
789 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
790 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
791 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
793 long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
795 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
799 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
801 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
803 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
805 else if (sreg == reg)
806 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
810 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
811 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
814 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
817 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
818 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
819 from the previous frame's window save area.
821 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
822 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
825 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
828 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
830 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
831 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
834 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
835 pushed onto the stack. */
838 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
844 if (size == old_args_size)
847 old_args_size = size;
850 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
851 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
852 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
855 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
856 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
859 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
864 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
867 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
868 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
871 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
875 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
878 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
879 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
882 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
886 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
889 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
890 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
893 initial_return_save (rtl)
896 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
897 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
899 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
902 /* RA is in a register. */
903 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
907 /* RA is on the stack. */
909 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
912 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
918 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
920 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
924 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
926 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
936 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
937 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
938 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
939 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
941 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
948 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
951 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
955 stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
958 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
959 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
960 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
963 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
965 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
966 code = GET_CODE (src);
967 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
968 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
969 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
972 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
976 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
978 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
979 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
980 code = GET_CODE (src);
986 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
988 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
989 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
990 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
991 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
993 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1000 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1002 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1009 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1011 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1026 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1027 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1028 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1031 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
1034 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1038 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1040 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1041 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1042 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1043 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1044 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1045 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1046 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1049 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1053 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1054 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1055 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1058 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1060 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1061 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1062 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1063 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1064 offset = -args_size;
1069 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1070 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1071 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1072 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1074 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1076 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1077 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1078 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1086 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1087 cfa.offset += offset;
1089 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1093 args_size += offset;
1097 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1098 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1099 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1104 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1105 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1106 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1108 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1110 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1115 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1117 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1118 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1121 queue_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1126 struct queued_reg_save *q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1128 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1130 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1131 queued_reg_saves = q;
1133 last_reg_save_label = label;
1137 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1139 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1141 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = next)
1143 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1147 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1148 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1152 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)
1155 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1157 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1158 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1165 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1166 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1167 value, not an offset. */
1168 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1170 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1171 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1172 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1175 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1176 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1177 users need not read the source code.
1179 The High-Level Picture
1181 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1182 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1183 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1184 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1185 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1187 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1188 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1189 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1190 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1191 saves. This also seems to work.
1193 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1194 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1195 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1196 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1198 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1199 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1200 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1201 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1203 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1205 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1206 consists of a register and an offset.
1207 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1208 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1209 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1210 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1211 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1212 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1213 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1215 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1216 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1217 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1220 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1221 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1222 and cfa_temp.offset.
1224 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1227 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1228 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1229 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1233 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1234 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1237 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1238 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1239 cfa.offset unchanged
1240 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1241 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1244 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1245 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1246 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1247 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1248 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1249 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1252 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1253 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1254 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1257 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1258 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1260 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1261 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1262 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1265 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1266 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1268 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1269 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1272 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1273 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1274 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1277 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1279 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1282 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1286 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1287 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1288 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1291 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1292 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1293 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1295 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1298 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1299 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1300 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1302 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1305 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1308 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1309 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1312 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1313 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1314 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1317 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1318 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1319 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1320 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1323 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1328 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1330 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1331 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1332 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1333 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1334 flag is set in them. */
1335 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1338 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1340 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1341 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1342 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1344 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1349 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1352 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1353 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1355 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1359 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1360 relative to the current CFA register. */
1361 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1363 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1365 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1371 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1372 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1373 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1374 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1375 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1376 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1377 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1383 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1387 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1390 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1393 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1395 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1401 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1403 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1404 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1406 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1408 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1409 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1411 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1414 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1416 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1417 cfa.offset += offset;
1418 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1419 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1421 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1424 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1425 or adjusting the FP */
1426 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1429 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1430 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1431 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1433 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1434 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1436 cfa.offset += offset;
1437 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1444 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1448 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1449 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1450 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1452 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1453 into the FP later on. */
1454 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1455 cfa.offset += offset;
1456 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1457 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1458 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1459 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1463 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1464 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1465 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1467 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1468 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1469 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1471 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1472 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1476 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1477 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1479 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1480 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1489 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1490 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1495 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1496 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1497 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1500 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1501 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1502 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1505 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1506 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1515 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1519 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1522 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1524 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1529 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1530 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1532 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1534 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1535 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1538 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1539 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1540 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1542 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1548 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1549 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1552 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1553 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1556 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1557 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1558 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1560 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1564 /* With an offset. */
1568 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1570 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1571 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1574 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1575 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1576 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1577 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1583 /* Without an offset. */
1585 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1586 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1587 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1588 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1595 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1597 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1598 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1605 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1606 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1607 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1609 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1611 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1613 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1614 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1616 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1617 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1622 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1623 calculate the CFA. */
1624 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1626 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1628 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1631 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1632 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1634 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1639 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1640 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1648 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1649 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1650 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1653 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1659 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1661 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1662 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1664 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1666 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1669 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1672 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1676 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1677 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1679 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1681 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1682 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1687 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1688 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1690 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1692 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1694 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1699 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1700 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1701 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi));
1703 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1704 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (cfi)
1705 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi;
1710 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1711 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1713 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1714 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1715 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1716 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1717 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1718 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1721 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1722 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1723 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1724 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1725 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1726 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1727 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1728 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1729 case DW_CFA_register:
1730 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1732 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1733 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1734 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1735 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1737 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1738 case DW_CFA_expression:
1739 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1746 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1747 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1748 PARAMS ((enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi));
1750 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1751 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (cfi)
1752 enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi;
1756 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1757 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1759 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1760 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1761 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1763 case DW_CFA_register:
1764 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1767 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1771 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1773 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1776 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh)
1781 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1783 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1784 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1785 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1786 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1788 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1789 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1790 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1791 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1792 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1794 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1796 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1797 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1798 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1802 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1804 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1806 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1808 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1809 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1810 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1813 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1814 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1817 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1818 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1819 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1820 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1823 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1824 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1825 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1826 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1829 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1830 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1831 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1832 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1835 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1836 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1837 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1838 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1841 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1842 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1843 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1848 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1849 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1850 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1852 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1855 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1856 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1857 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1858 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1859 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1863 case DW_CFA_register:
1864 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1866 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num,
1870 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1871 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1872 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1875 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1879 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1883 case DW_CFA_expression:
1884 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1887 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1888 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1897 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1898 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1899 location of saved registers. */
1902 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1908 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1909 int any_lsda_needed = 0;
1910 char augmentation[6];
1911 int augmentation_size;
1912 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1913 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1914 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1916 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1917 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
1920 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit any
1921 EH unwind information. */
1924 int any_eh_needed = flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1926 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1927 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1928 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = 1;
1929 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
1932 if (! any_eh_needed)
1936 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1941 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1943 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1945 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1946 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1948 /* Output the CIE. */
1949 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1950 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1951 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1952 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1953 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1955 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1956 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1957 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1958 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1959 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1963 augmentation[0] = 0;
1964 augmentation_size = 0;
1970 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1971 augmentation section.
1972 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1973 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1974 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1976 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1977 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1979 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1980 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1981 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1983 p = augmentation + 1;
1984 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1987 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
1989 if (any_lsda_needed)
1992 augmentation_size += 1;
1994 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1997 augmentation_size += 1;
1999 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2001 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2005 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2006 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2008 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2010 + 1 /* CIE version */
2011 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2012 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2013 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2015 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2016 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2017 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2019 augmentation_size += pad;
2021 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2022 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2023 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
2028 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2029 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2030 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2031 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2032 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2034 if (augmentation[0])
2036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2037 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2040 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2041 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2042 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2045 if (any_lsda_needed)
2046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2047 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2049 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2051 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2054 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2055 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2057 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2058 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2059 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2060 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2062 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2063 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2065 fde = &fde_table[i];
2067 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2068 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && for_eh
2069 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2070 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2073 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2074 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2075 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2076 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2078 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2081 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2083 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2088 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2089 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
2090 "FDE initial location");
2091 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2092 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2093 "FDE address range");
2097 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2098 "FDE initial location");
2099 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2100 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2101 "FDE address range");
2104 if (augmentation[0])
2106 if (any_lsda_needed)
2108 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2110 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2112 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2113 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2114 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2115 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2116 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2119 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
2123 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2125 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2127 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2128 fde->funcdef_number);
2129 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2130 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2131 "Language Specific Data Area");
2135 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2136 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2138 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2139 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2143 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2146 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2148 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2149 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2150 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2152 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2153 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2154 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2155 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2158 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2159 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2160 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2161 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2162 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2163 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2166 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2171 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2175 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line, file)
2176 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2177 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2179 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2182 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2184 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2185 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2186 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2188 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2189 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2192 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2196 function_section (current_function_decl);
2197 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2198 current_function_funcdef_no);
2199 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2200 current_function_funcdef_no);
2201 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2203 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2204 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2205 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2209 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2210 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2212 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2213 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2214 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2215 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2216 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2219 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2220 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2222 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2223 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2224 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2225 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2226 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2227 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2228 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2229 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2230 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2231 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2233 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2235 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2236 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2237 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2239 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2243 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2244 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2248 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (line, file)
2249 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2250 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2253 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2255 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2257 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2258 current_function_funcdef_no);
2259 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2260 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2261 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2265 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2267 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2268 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
2269 * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2270 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2271 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2273 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2274 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2276 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2277 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2278 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2279 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2284 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2286 /* Output call frame information. */
2287 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2288 output_call_frame_info (0);
2290 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2291 output_call_frame_info (1);
2295 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2296 for emitting location expressions. */
2298 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2299 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2300 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2303 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2304 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2305 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2306 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2308 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2309 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2310 implementation are listed below. */
2315 dw_val_class_offset,
2317 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2318 dw_val_class_range_list,
2320 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2321 dw_val_class_long_long,
2324 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2325 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2326 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2327 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2331 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2332 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2334 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2341 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2343 typedef struct dw_fp_struct GTY(())
2345 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2350 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2351 represented internally. */
2353 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2355 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2356 union dw_val_struct_union
2358 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2359 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2360 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2361 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2362 long int GTY ((default (""))) val_int;
2363 long unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2364 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2365 dw_float_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float;
2366 struct dw_val_die_union
2370 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2371 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2372 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2373 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2374 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2376 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2380 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2383 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2385 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2386 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2387 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2388 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2393 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2394 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2395 their entire life. */
2396 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2398 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2399 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2400 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2401 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2402 Only on head of list */
2403 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2404 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2407 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2409 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
2410 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2413 static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2415 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2416 static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2417 static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2418 static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2420 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2423 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
2429 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2430 return "DW_OP_addr";
2432 return "DW_OP_deref";
2434 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2436 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2438 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2440 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2442 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2444 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2446 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2448 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2450 return "DW_OP_constu";
2452 return "DW_OP_consts";
2456 return "DW_OP_drop";
2458 return "DW_OP_over";
2460 return "DW_OP_pick";
2462 return "DW_OP_swap";
2466 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2474 return "DW_OP_minus";
2486 return "DW_OP_plus";
2487 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2488 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2494 return "DW_OP_shra";
2512 return "DW_OP_skip";
2514 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2516 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2518 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2520 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2522 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2524 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2526 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2528 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2530 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2532 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2534 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2578 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2580 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2582 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2584 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2586 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2588 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2590 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2592 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2594 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2596 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2598 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2642 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2644 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2646 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2648 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2650 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2652 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2654 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2656 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2658 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2660 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2662 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2706 return "DW_OP_regx";
2708 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2710 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2712 return "DW_OP_piece";
2713 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2714 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2715 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2716 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2719 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2720 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2722 return "DW_OP_call2";
2724 return "DW_OP_call4";
2725 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2726 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2727 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2728 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2730 return "OP_<unknown>";
2734 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2735 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2736 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2738 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2739 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
2740 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
2741 unsigned long oprnd1;
2742 unsigned long oprnd2;
2744 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2745 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2747 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2748 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2749 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2750 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2751 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2757 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2760 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
2761 dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
2762 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2766 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2767 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2773 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2775 static unsigned long
2776 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
2777 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2779 unsigned long size = 1;
2781 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2784 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2785 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2804 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2807 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2812 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2813 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2851 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2854 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2857 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2860 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2861 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2864 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2866 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2867 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2876 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2877 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2886 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2888 static unsigned long
2890 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2894 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2896 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2897 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2903 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2906 output_loc_operands (loc)
2907 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2909 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2910 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2912 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2914 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2916 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2920 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2924 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2928 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2930 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2937 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2938 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2942 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2955 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2956 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2957 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2958 only doing unwinding. */
2963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2966 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2969 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2974 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2975 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3009 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3012 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3015 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3019 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3022 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3024 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3025 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3026 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3029 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3030 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3031 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3033 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3040 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3045 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3048 output_loc_sequence (loc)
3049 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3051 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3053 /* Output the opcode. */
3054 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3055 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3057 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3058 output_loc_operands (loc);
3062 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3063 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3066 output_cfa_loc (cfi)
3069 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3072 /* Output the size of the block. */
3073 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3074 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3075 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3077 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3078 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3081 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3082 a dw_cfa_location. */
3084 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3086 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
3088 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3090 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
3093 if (cfa->base_offset)
3096 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3098 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3100 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3101 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3103 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3105 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3106 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3107 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3108 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3110 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3111 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3117 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3118 descriptor sequence. */
3121 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
3122 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
3123 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
3125 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3127 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3131 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3133 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3169 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3172 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3206 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3207 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3210 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3211 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3216 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3217 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3220 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3221 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3225 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3227 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3228 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3230 /* .debug_str support. */
3231 static int output_indirect_string PARAMS ((void **, void *));
3233 static void dwarf2out_init PARAMS ((const char *));
3234 static void dwarf2out_finish PARAMS ((const char *));
3235 static void dwarf2out_define PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3236 static void dwarf2out_undef PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3237 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3238 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned));
3239 static void dwarf2out_begin_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3240 static void dwarf2out_end_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3241 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block PARAMS ((tree));
3242 static void dwarf2out_global_decl PARAMS ((tree));
3243 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function PARAMS ((tree));
3245 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3247 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3253 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3254 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3255 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3256 dwarf2out_end_block,
3257 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3258 dwarf2out_source_line,
3259 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3260 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3261 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3262 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3263 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3264 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3265 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3266 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3267 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3268 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3269 something tries to reference them. */
3270 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3271 debug_nothing_rtx /* label */
3275 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3276 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3277 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3279 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3280 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3281 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3282 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3284 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3285 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3287 typedef long int dw_offset;
3289 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3291 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3292 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3293 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3294 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3295 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3297 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3298 line number associated with the label generated for that
3299 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3300 the line number entry. */
3302 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3304 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3305 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3309 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3311 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3313 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3314 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3315 unsigned long function;
3317 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3319 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3320 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3321 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3323 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3325 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3326 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3327 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3331 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3333 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3335 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3337 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3338 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3339 dw_die_ref die_child;
3341 dw_offset die_offset;
3342 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3347 /* The pubname structure */
3349 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3356 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3361 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3362 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3366 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3370 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3371 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3372 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3375 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3376 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3378 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3379 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3380 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3381 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3382 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3383 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3385 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3386 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3387 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3388 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3389 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3390 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3391 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3392 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3393 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3394 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3396 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3397 language, and compiler version. */
3399 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3400 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3402 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3403 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3405 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3406 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3407 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3408 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3410 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3411 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3412 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3413 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3414 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3416 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3417 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3418 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3419 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3421 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3425 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3426 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3427 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3429 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3430 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3432 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3433 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3435 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3436 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3437 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3438 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3439 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3441 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3442 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3443 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3444 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3447 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3448 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3450 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3451 /* We need special handling in dwarf2out_start_source_file if it is
3453 static int is_main_source;
3456 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3457 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3459 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3460 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3461 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3462 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3464 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3465 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3466 number identifying each decl. */
3467 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3469 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3470 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3472 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3473 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3474 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3477 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3479 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3481 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3482 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3483 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3484 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3485 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3487 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3488 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3490 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3491 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3492 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3495 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3496 abbrev_die_table. */
3497 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3499 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3500 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3501 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3502 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3504 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3505 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3507 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3508 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3509 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3512 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3513 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3514 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3515 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3517 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3518 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3520 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3521 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3522 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3525 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3527 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3529 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3530 accessible names. */
3531 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3533 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3534 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3536 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3537 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3538 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3541 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3543 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3545 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3546 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3548 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3549 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3551 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3552 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3553 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3556 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3558 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3560 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3561 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3563 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3564 static unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3566 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3567 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3568 static unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3570 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3572 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3574 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3575 static unsigned have_location_lists;
3577 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3578 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3580 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3581 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3584 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3586 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3588 static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
3589 static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
3590 static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
3591 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3592 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3593 static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3595 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3597 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3598 static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3599 static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
3600 static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
3601 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3602 static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3603 enum dwarf_attribute,
3605 static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3606 static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3607 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
3608 static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3609 static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3610 enum dwarf_attribute,
3612 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3613 static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3614 enum dwarf_attribute,
3617 static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3618 enum dwarf_attribute,
3620 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash PARAMS ((const void *));
3621 static int debug_str_eq PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3622 static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3623 enum dwarf_attribute,
3625 static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3626 static int AT_string_form PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3627 static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3628 enum dwarf_attribute,
3630 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3631 static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3632 static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
3633 static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3634 enum dwarf_attribute,
3636 static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3637 enum dwarf_attribute,
3639 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3640 static void add_AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3641 enum dwarf_attribute,
3643 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3644 static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3645 enum dwarf_attribute,
3647 static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3648 static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3649 enum dwarf_attribute,
3651 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3652 enum dwarf_attribute,
3654 static void add_AT_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3655 enum dwarf_attribute,
3657 static void add_AT_range_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3658 enum dwarf_attribute,
3660 static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3661 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3662 enum dwarf_attribute));
3663 static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3664 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3665 static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3666 enum dwarf_attribute));
3667 static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3668 enum dwarf_attribute));
3669 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3670 enum dwarf_attribute));
3671 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3672 enum dwarf_attribute));
3673 static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
3674 static int is_cxx PARAMS ((void));
3675 static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
3676 static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
3677 static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3678 enum dwarf_attribute));
3679 static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3680 static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3681 static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3682 static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref,
3684 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3685 static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3686 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
3687 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3688 static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
3689 static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
3690 static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
3691 static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3692 static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3693 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3694 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3695 static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3697 static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref,
3700 static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3703 static int same_loc_p PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3704 dw_loc_descr_ref, int *));
3705 static int same_dw_val_p PARAMS ((dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *,
3707 static int same_attr_p PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *));
3708 static int same_die_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *));
3709 static int same_die_p_wrap PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3710 static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3711 static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3712 static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3713 static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3714 static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3715 static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3716 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash PARAMS ((const void *));
3717 static int htab_cu_eq PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3718 static void htab_cu_del PARAMS ((void *));
3719 static int check_duplicate_cu PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *));
3720 static void record_comdat_symbol_number PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned));
3721 static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3722 static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3723 static void output_location_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3724 static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3725 static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3726 static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3727 static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3728 static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3729 static void unmark_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3730 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3731 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3732 static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3733 static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3734 static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
3735 static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3736 static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3737 static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
3738 static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, int));
3739 static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
3740 static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3741 static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3742 static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3743 static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3744 static unsigned int add_ranges PARAMS ((tree));
3745 static void output_ranges PARAMS ((void));
3746 static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
3747 static void output_file_names PARAMS ((void));
3748 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3749 static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
3750 static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
3751 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
3752 static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
3753 static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
3754 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3755 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
3756 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3757 static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
3758 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
3759 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3760 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3761 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
3762 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
3763 static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
3764 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3765 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3766 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3767 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
3768 static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3769 enum dwarf_attribute,
3771 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3772 static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
3773 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
3774 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3775 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3776 static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
3777 static void add_comp_dir_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3778 static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3779 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
3780 static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3781 static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3782 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3783 static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3784 static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3785 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3786 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3787 static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3788 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3789 static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
3790 static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
3791 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3792 static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3793 static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3794 static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
3796 static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
3797 static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
3799 static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
3801 static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3802 static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3804 static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3806 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3807 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3808 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3809 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3810 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3811 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3812 static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3813 static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3814 static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3815 static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3816 static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3817 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3818 static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3819 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3820 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
3821 static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3822 static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3823 static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3824 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3825 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3826 static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3827 static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3828 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3829 static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3830 static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3831 static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
3832 static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3833 static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
3834 static void init_file_table PARAMS ((void));
3835 static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
3836 static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3837 static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3838 static int file_info_cmp PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3839 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3840 const char *, const char *,
3841 const char *, unsigned));
3842 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref *,
3844 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3845 static void output_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref));
3846 static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((const char *));
3848 static void prune_unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3849 static void prune_unused_types_mark PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, int));
3850 static void prune_unused_types_walk PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3851 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3852 static void prune_unused_types_prune PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3853 static void prune_unused_types PARAMS ((void));
3854 static int maybe_emit_file PARAMS ((int));
3856 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3857 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3858 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3860 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3861 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3863 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3864 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3866 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3867 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3869 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3870 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3872 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3873 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3875 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3876 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3878 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3879 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3881 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3882 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3885 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3886 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3887 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3890 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3891 #ifdef HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE
3892 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3893 (SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1)
3895 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS SECTION_DEBUG
3898 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3899 the section names themselves. */
3901 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3902 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3904 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3905 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3907 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3908 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3910 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3911 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3913 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3914 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3916 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3917 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3919 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3920 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3923 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3924 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3925 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3926 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3927 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3929 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3930 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3931 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3932 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3933 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3934 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3935 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3936 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3938 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3939 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3941 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3942 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3944 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3945 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3947 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3948 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3950 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3951 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3954 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3955 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3957 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3960 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
3961 const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3963 demangle_name_func = func;
3966 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3972 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3973 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3974 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3977 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3981 type_main_variant (type)
3984 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3986 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3987 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3988 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3989 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3991 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3992 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3993 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3998 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4001 is_tagged_type (type)
4004 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4006 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4007 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4010 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4013 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
4018 case DW_TAG_padding:
4019 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4020 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4021 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4022 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4023 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4024 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4025 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4026 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4027 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4028 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4029 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4030 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4031 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4033 return "DW_TAG_label";
4034 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4035 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4037 return "DW_TAG_member";
4038 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4039 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4040 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4041 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4042 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4043 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4044 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4045 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4046 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4047 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4048 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4049 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4050 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4051 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4052 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4053 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4054 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4055 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4056 case DW_TAG_variant:
4057 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4058 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4059 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4060 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4061 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4062 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4063 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4064 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4065 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4067 return "DW_TAG_module";
4068 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4069 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4070 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4071 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4072 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4073 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4074 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4075 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4076 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4077 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4078 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4079 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4080 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4081 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4082 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4083 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4084 case DW_TAG_constant:
4085 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4086 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4087 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4088 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4089 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4091 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4092 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4093 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4094 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4095 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4096 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4097 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4098 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4099 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4100 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4101 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4102 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4103 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4104 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4105 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4106 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4107 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4108 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4109 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4110 case DW_TAG_variable:
4111 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4112 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4113 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4114 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4115 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4116 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4117 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4118 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4119 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4120 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4121 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4122 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4123 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4124 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4125 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4127 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4131 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4134 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
4140 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4141 case DW_AT_location:
4142 return "DW_AT_location";
4144 return "DW_AT_name";
4145 case DW_AT_ordering:
4146 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4147 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4148 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4149 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4150 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4151 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4152 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4153 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4154 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4155 case DW_AT_element_list:
4156 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4157 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4158 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4160 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4162 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4163 case DW_AT_language:
4164 return "DW_AT_language";
4166 return "DW_AT_member";
4168 return "DW_AT_discr";
4169 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4170 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4171 case DW_AT_visibility:
4172 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4174 return "DW_AT_import";
4175 case DW_AT_string_length:
4176 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4177 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4178 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4179 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4180 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4181 case DW_AT_const_value:
4182 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4183 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4184 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4185 case DW_AT_default_value:
4186 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4188 return "DW_AT_inline";
4189 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4190 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4191 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4192 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4193 case DW_AT_producer:
4194 return "DW_AT_producer";
4195 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4196 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4197 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4198 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4199 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4200 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4201 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4202 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4203 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4204 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4205 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4206 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4207 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4208 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4209 case DW_AT_address_class:
4210 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4211 case DW_AT_artificial:
4212 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4213 case DW_AT_base_types:
4214 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4215 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4216 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4218 return "DW_AT_count";
4219 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4220 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4221 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4222 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4223 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4224 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4225 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4226 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4227 case DW_AT_declaration:
4228 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4229 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4230 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4231 case DW_AT_encoding:
4232 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4233 case DW_AT_external:
4234 return "DW_AT_external";
4235 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4236 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4238 return "DW_AT_friend";
4239 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4240 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4241 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4242 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4243 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4244 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4245 case DW_AT_priority:
4246 return "DW_AT_priority";
4248 return "DW_AT_segment";
4249 case DW_AT_specification:
4250 return "DW_AT_specification";
4251 case DW_AT_static_link:
4252 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4254 return "DW_AT_type";
4255 case DW_AT_use_location:
4256 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4257 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4258 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4259 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4260 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4261 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4262 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4264 case DW_AT_allocated:
4265 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4266 case DW_AT_associated:
4267 return "DW_AT_associated";
4268 case DW_AT_data_location:
4269 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4271 return "DW_AT_stride";
4272 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4273 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4274 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4275 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4276 case DW_AT_extension:
4277 return "DW_AT_extension";
4279 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4280 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4281 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4282 case DW_AT_call_column:
4283 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4284 case DW_AT_call_file:
4285 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4286 case DW_AT_call_line:
4287 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4289 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4290 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4291 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4292 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4293 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4294 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4295 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4296 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4297 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4298 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4299 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4300 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4301 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4302 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4303 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4304 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4305 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4306 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4307 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4308 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4309 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4310 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4312 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4313 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4314 case DW_AT_src_info:
4315 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4316 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4317 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4318 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4319 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4320 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4321 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4322 case DW_AT_body_end:
4323 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4324 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4325 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4327 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4328 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4331 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4335 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4338 dwarf_form_name (form)
4344 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4345 case DW_FORM_block2:
4346 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4347 case DW_FORM_block4:
4348 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4350 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4352 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4354 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4355 case DW_FORM_string:
4356 return "DW_FORM_string";
4358 return "DW_FORM_block";
4359 case DW_FORM_block1:
4360 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4362 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4364 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4366 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4368 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4370 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4371 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4372 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4374 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4376 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4378 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4380 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4381 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4382 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4383 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4384 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4386 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4390 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4394 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
4399 case DW_ATE_address:
4400 return "DW_ATE_address";
4401 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4402 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4403 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4404 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4406 return "DW_ATE_float";
4408 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4409 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4410 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4411 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4412 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4413 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4414 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4416 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4421 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4422 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4423 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4424 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4428 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
4431 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4432 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4433 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4434 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4437 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4438 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4439 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4440 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4444 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4447 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4448 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4449 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4450 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4454 block_ultimate_origin (block)
4457 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4459 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4460 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4461 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4462 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4465 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4470 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4474 ret_val = lookahead;
4475 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4476 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4478 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4484 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4485 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4489 decl_class_context (decl)
4492 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4494 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4495 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4497 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4498 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4500 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4501 context = NULL_TREE;
4506 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4507 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4510 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
4514 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4516 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4517 die->die_attr = attr;
4521 static inline enum dw_val_class
4525 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4528 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4531 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
4533 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4536 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4538 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4539 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4540 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4541 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4542 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4545 static inline unsigned
4549 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4550 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4555 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4558 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
4560 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4563 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4565 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4566 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4567 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4568 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4569 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4572 static inline long int
4576 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4577 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4582 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4585 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
4587 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4588 unsigned long unsigned_val;
4590 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4592 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4593 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4594 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4595 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4596 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4599 static inline unsigned long
4603 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4604 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4609 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4612 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
4614 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4615 unsigned long val_hi;
4616 unsigned long val_low;
4618 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4620 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4621 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4622 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4623 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4624 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4625 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4628 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4631 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
4633 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4637 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4639 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4640 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4641 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4642 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4643 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4644 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4647 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4650 debug_str_do_hash (x)
4653 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4657 debug_str_eq (x1, x2)
4661 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4662 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4665 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4668 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
4670 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4673 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4674 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4677 if (! debug_str_hash)
4678 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4679 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4681 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4682 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4684 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4685 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4686 node->str = ggc_alloc_string (str, -1);
4689 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4690 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4691 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4692 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4693 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4696 static inline const char *
4700 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4701 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4706 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4707 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4713 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4715 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4719 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4723 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4725 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4726 always better to put it inline. */
4727 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4728 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4730 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4731 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4733 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4734 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4735 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4737 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4738 ++dw2_string_counter;
4739 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4741 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4747 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4750 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
4752 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4753 dw_die_ref targ_die;
4755 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4757 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4758 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4759 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4760 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4761 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4762 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4765 static inline dw_die_ref
4769 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4770 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4779 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4780 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4786 set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
4790 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4791 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4796 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4799 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
4801 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4804 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4806 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4807 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4808 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4809 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4810 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4813 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4816 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
4818 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4819 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4821 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4823 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4824 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4825 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4826 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4827 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4830 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4834 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4835 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4841 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, loc_list)
4843 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4844 dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
4846 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4848 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4849 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4850 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4851 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4852 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4853 have_location_lists = 1;
4856 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4860 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4861 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4866 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4869 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
4871 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4874 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4876 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4877 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4878 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4879 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4880 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4887 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4888 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4893 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4896 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
4898 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4901 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4903 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4904 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4905 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4906 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4907 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4910 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4913 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
4915 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4918 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4920 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4921 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4922 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4923 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4924 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4927 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4930 add_AT_offset (die, attr_kind, offset)
4932 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4933 unsigned long offset;
4935 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4937 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4938 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4939 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4940 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4941 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4944 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4947 add_AT_range_list (die, attr_kind, offset)
4949 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4950 unsigned long offset;
4952 dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4954 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4955 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4956 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4957 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4958 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4961 static inline const char *
4965 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4966 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4967 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4972 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4974 static inline dw_attr_ref
4975 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
4977 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4980 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4984 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4985 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4987 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4988 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4992 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4998 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4999 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5000 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5002 static inline const char *
5006 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5008 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5011 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5012 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5013 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5015 static inline const char *
5019 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5021 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5024 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5025 NULL if it is not present. */
5027 static inline const char *
5028 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
5030 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5032 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5034 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5037 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5038 if it is not present. */
5041 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
5043 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5045 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5047 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5050 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5051 if it is not present. */
5053 static inline unsigned
5054 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
5056 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5058 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5060 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5063 static inline dw_die_ref
5064 get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
5066 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5068 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5070 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5076 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5078 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5079 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5085 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5086 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5092 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5094 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
5100 unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5102 return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
5105 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5107 static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
5112 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5113 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5114 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5117 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5120 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
5122 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
5125 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5129 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5130 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5133 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5142 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5148 remove_children (die);
5151 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5154 remove_children (die)
5157 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5159 die->die_child = NULL;
5161 while (child_die != NULL)
5163 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5166 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5168 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5170 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5172 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5180 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5181 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5184 add_child_die (die, child_die)
5186 dw_die_ref child_die;
5188 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5190 if (die == child_die)
5193 child_die->die_parent = die;
5194 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5195 die->die_child = child_die;
5199 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5200 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5203 splice_child_die (parent, child)
5204 dw_die_ref parent, child;
5208 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5209 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5210 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5212 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5218 if (child->die_parent != parent
5219 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
5222 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5225 *p = child->die_sib;
5229 child->die_parent = parent;
5230 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5231 parent->die_child = child;
5234 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5236 static inline dw_die_ref
5237 new_die (tag_value, parent_die, t)
5238 enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
5239 dw_die_ref parent_die;
5242 dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5244 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5246 if (parent_die != NULL)
5247 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5250 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5252 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5253 limbo_node->die = die;
5254 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5255 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5256 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5262 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5264 static inline dw_die_ref
5265 lookup_type_die (type)
5268 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5271 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5274 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
5276 dw_die_ref type_die;
5278 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5281 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5283 static inline dw_die_ref
5284 lookup_decl_die (decl)
5287 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5289 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
5292 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5295 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
5297 dw_die_ref decl_die;
5299 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5300 unsigned int num_allocated;
5302 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
5305 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
5306 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
5307 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5309 decl_die_table = ggc_realloc (decl_die_table,
5310 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
5312 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
5313 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5314 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
5317 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
5318 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
5320 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
5323 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5324 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5325 the DIE internal representation. */
5326 static int print_indent;
5328 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5331 print_spaces (outfile)
5334 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5337 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5338 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5341 print_die (die, outfile)
5348 print_spaces (outfile);
5349 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5350 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5351 print_spaces (outfile);
5352 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5353 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5355 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5357 print_spaces (outfile);
5358 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5360 switch (AT_class (a))
5362 case dw_val_class_addr:
5363 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5365 case dw_val_class_offset:
5366 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5368 case dw_val_class_loc:
5369 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5371 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5372 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5373 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5375 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5376 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5378 case dw_val_class_const:
5379 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
5381 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5382 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
5384 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5385 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5386 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5387 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5389 case dw_val_class_float:
5390 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5392 case dw_val_class_flag:
5393 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5395 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5396 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5398 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5399 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5401 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5404 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5406 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5407 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5408 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5410 case dw_val_class_str:
5411 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5412 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5414 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5420 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5423 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5426 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5427 print_die (c, outfile);
5431 if (print_indent == 0)
5432 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5435 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5436 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5439 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
5443 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5445 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5446 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5448 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5449 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5450 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5451 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5452 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5453 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5456 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5459 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5462 debug_dwarf_die (die)
5465 print_die (die, stderr);
5468 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5469 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5475 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5476 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5477 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5480 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5481 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5482 they are in order of addition. */
5485 reverse_die_lists (die)
5488 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5489 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5491 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5493 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5494 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5500 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5507 die->die_child = cp;
5510 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5511 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5512 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5513 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5514 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5517 reverse_all_dies (die)
5522 reverse_die_lists (die);
5524 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5525 reverse_all_dies (c);
5528 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5529 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5530 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5533 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
5534 dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
5536 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5537 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5539 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5543 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5546 pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
5547 dw_die_ref old_unit;
5549 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5551 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5555 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5556 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5558 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5561 loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
5562 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5563 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5565 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5566 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5567 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5570 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5573 attr_checksum (at, ctx, mark)
5575 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5578 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5581 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5583 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5584 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5585 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5586 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5587 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5590 switch (AT_class (at))
5592 case dw_val_class_const:
5593 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5595 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5596 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5598 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5599 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5601 case dw_val_class_float:
5602 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5604 case dw_val_class_flag:
5605 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5607 case dw_val_class_str:
5608 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5611 case dw_val_class_addr:
5613 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5616 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5624 case dw_val_class_offset:
5625 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5628 case dw_val_class_loc:
5629 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5630 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5633 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5634 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5637 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5638 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5639 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5647 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5650 die_checksum (die, ctx, mark)
5652 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5658 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5661 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5664 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5666 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5668 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5669 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5671 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5672 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5676 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5678 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5680 same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark)
5681 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1;
5682 dw_loc_descr_ref loc2;
5685 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5686 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5687 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5690 /* Do the values look the same? */
5692 same_dw_val_p (v1, v2, mark)
5697 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5701 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5704 switch (v1->val_class)
5706 case dw_val_class_const:
5707 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5708 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5709 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5710 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5711 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5712 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5713 case dw_val_class_float:
5714 if (v1->v.val_float.length != v2->v.val_float.length)
5716 for (i = 0; i < v1->v.val_float.length; i++)
5717 if (v1->v.val_float.array[i] != v2->v.val_float.array[i])
5720 case dw_val_class_flag:
5721 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5722 case dw_val_class_str:
5723 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5725 case dw_val_class_addr:
5726 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5727 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5728 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5730 switch (GET_CODE (r1))
5733 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5739 case dw_val_class_offset:
5740 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5742 case dw_val_class_loc:
5743 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5745 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5746 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5748 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5750 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5751 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5753 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5754 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5755 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5763 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5766 same_attr_p (at1, at2, mark)
5771 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5774 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5775 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5776 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5777 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5778 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5781 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5784 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5787 same_die_p (die1, die2, mark)
5795 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5797 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5798 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5800 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5803 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5805 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5806 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5811 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5813 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5814 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5822 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5825 same_die_p_wrap (die1, die2)
5830 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5832 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5833 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5838 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5840 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5842 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5843 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5845 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5846 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5849 compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
5850 dw_die_ref unit_die;
5852 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5853 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5854 char *name = (char *) alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5857 unsigned char checksum[16];
5860 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5861 the name filename of the unit. */
5863 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5865 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5866 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
5867 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5869 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5870 clean_symbol_name (name);
5872 p = name + strlen (name);
5873 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5875 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5879 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5880 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5883 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5889 switch (die->die_tag)
5891 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5892 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5893 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5894 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5895 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5896 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5897 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5898 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5899 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5900 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5901 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5902 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5903 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5904 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5905 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5906 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5907 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5908 case DW_TAG_typedef:
5915 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5916 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5917 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5918 compilations (functions). */
5924 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5925 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5926 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5927 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5929 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5932 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5933 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5934 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5935 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5937 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5939 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5942 return is_type_die (c);
5945 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5946 compilation unit. */
5952 return (is_type_die (c)
5953 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5954 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
5958 gen_internal_sym (prefix)
5962 static int label_num;
5964 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5965 return xstrdup (buf);
5968 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5971 assign_symbol_names (die)
5976 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5978 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5980 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5982 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5983 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5984 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5987 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5990 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5991 assign_symbol_names (c);
5994 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5997 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
5998 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6001 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6006 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6008 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6012 htab_cu_eq (of1, of2)
6016 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6017 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6019 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6026 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6036 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6039 check_duplicate_cu (cu, htable, sym_num)
6044 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6045 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6047 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6049 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6050 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6054 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6056 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6062 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6066 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6068 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6069 entry->next = *slot;
6075 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6077 record_comdat_symbol_number (cu, htable, sym_num)
6082 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6084 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6085 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6089 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6092 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6093 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6094 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6097 break_out_includes (die)
6101 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6102 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6103 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6105 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6107 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6109 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6110 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6112 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6115 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6117 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6120 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6122 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6126 add_child_die (unit, c);
6130 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6131 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6137 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6138 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6143 assign_symbol_names (die);
6144 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6145 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6151 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6152 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6153 &comdat_symbol_number);
6154 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6156 *pnode = node->next;
6159 pnode = &node->next;
6160 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6161 comdat_symbol_number);
6164 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6167 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6168 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6169 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6172 add_sibling_attributes (die)
6177 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6178 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6179 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6180 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6182 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6183 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6186 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6189 output_location_lists (die)
6195 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6196 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6197 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6199 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6200 output_location_lists (c);
6204 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6205 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6206 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6207 die are visited recursively. */
6210 build_abbrev_table (die)
6213 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6214 unsigned int n_alloc;
6216 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6218 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6219 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6220 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6221 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6222 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6224 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
6227 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6230 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6232 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6234 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6236 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6238 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6239 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6241 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6243 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6244 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6247 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6248 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6251 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6257 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6259 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6261 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6262 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6263 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6265 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6266 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6267 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6270 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6271 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6274 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6275 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6276 build_abbrev_table (c);
6279 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6282 constant_size (value)
6283 long unsigned value;
6290 log = floor_log2 (value);
6293 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6298 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6299 .debug_info section. */
6301 static unsigned long
6305 unsigned long size = 0;
6308 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6309 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6311 switch (AT_class (a))
6313 case dw_val_class_addr:
6314 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6316 case dw_val_class_offset:
6317 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6319 case dw_val_class_loc:
6321 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6324 size += constant_size (lsize);
6328 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6329 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6331 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6332 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6334 case dw_val_class_const:
6335 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6337 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6338 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6340 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6341 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6343 case dw_val_class_float:
6344 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
6346 case dw_val_class_flag:
6349 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6350 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6352 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6353 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6355 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6356 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6358 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6359 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6361 case dw_val_class_str:
6362 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6363 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6365 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6375 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6376 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6377 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6378 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6381 calc_die_sizes (die)
6386 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6387 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6389 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6392 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6393 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6394 next_die_offset += 1;
6397 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6398 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6399 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6400 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6412 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6416 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6428 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6432 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6435 unmark_all_dies (die)
6445 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6446 unmark_all_dies (c);
6448 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6449 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6450 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6453 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6454 compilation unit. */
6456 static unsigned long
6462 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6463 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6465 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6466 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6469 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6473 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6475 static unsigned long
6480 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6482 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6483 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6484 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6486 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6487 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6491 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6493 static enum dwarf_form
6497 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6499 case dw_val_class_addr:
6500 return DW_FORM_addr;
6501 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6502 case dw_val_class_offset:
6503 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6504 return DW_FORM_data4;
6505 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
6506 return DW_FORM_data8;
6508 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6509 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6510 .debug_loc section */
6511 return DW_FORM_data4;
6512 case dw_val_class_loc:
6513 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6516 return DW_FORM_block1;
6518 return DW_FORM_block2;
6522 case dw_val_class_const:
6523 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6524 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6525 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6528 return DW_FORM_data1;
6530 return DW_FORM_data2;
6532 return DW_FORM_data4;
6534 return DW_FORM_data8;
6538 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6539 return DW_FORM_block1;
6540 case dw_val_class_float:
6541 return DW_FORM_block1;
6542 case dw_val_class_flag:
6543 return DW_FORM_flag;
6544 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6545 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6546 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6549 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6550 return DW_FORM_data;
6551 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6552 return DW_FORM_addr;
6553 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6554 return DW_FORM_data;
6555 case dw_val_class_str:
6556 return AT_string_form (a);
6563 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6566 output_value_format (a)
6569 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6571 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6574 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6578 output_abbrev_section ()
6580 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6584 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6586 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6588 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6589 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6590 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6592 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6593 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6595 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6597 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6598 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6600 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6601 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6602 output_value_format (a_attr);
6605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6606 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6609 /* Terminate the table. */
6610 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6613 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6616 output_die_symbol (die)
6619 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6624 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6625 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6626 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6628 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, sym);
6630 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6633 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6634 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6635 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6637 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6638 new_loc_list (expr, begin, end, section, gensym)
6639 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
6642 const char *section;
6645 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6647 retlist->begin = begin;
6649 retlist->expr = expr;
6650 retlist->section = section;
6652 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6657 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
6660 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head, descr, begin, end, section)
6661 dw_loc_list_ref *list_head;
6662 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
6665 const char *section;
6669 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6670 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6673 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
6674 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6677 /* Output the location list given to us */
6680 output_loc_list (list_head)
6681 dw_loc_list_ref list_head;
6683 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6685 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6687 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6688 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6689 in more than one section. */
6690 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6692 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6693 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
6694 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6695 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6696 "Location list base address specifier base");
6699 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6703 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6704 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6705 list_head->ll_symbol);
6706 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6707 "Location list end address (%s)",
6708 list_head->ll_symbol);
6709 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6711 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6714 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6716 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6719 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6720 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6721 list_head->ll_symbol);
6722 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6723 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6724 list_head->ll_symbol);
6727 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6728 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6738 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6739 them to point to. */
6740 if (die->die_symbol)
6741 output_die_symbol (die);
6743 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6744 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6746 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6748 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6750 switch (AT_class (a))
6752 case dw_val_class_addr:
6753 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6756 case dw_val_class_offset:
6757 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6761 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6763 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6765 sprintf (p, "+0x%lx", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6766 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6772 case dw_val_class_loc:
6773 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6775 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6776 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6778 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6781 case dw_val_class_const:
6782 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6783 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6784 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6785 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6788 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6789 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6790 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6793 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6795 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6797 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6798 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6801 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6803 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6804 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6808 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6809 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6812 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6813 first, "long long constant");
6814 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6819 case dw_val_class_float:
6823 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6826 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; i++)
6827 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6828 "fp constant word %u", i);
6832 case dw_val_class_flag:
6833 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6836 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6838 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6842 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6843 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6847 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6848 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6850 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6854 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6856 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6859 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6863 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6867 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6868 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6869 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6873 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6874 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6877 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6878 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6881 case dw_val_class_str:
6882 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6883 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6884 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6885 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6887 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6895 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6898 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6899 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6900 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6904 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6905 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6908 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6910 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6911 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6912 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6913 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6914 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6915 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6918 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6921 output_comp_unit (die, output_if_empty)
6923 int output_if_empty;
6925 const char *secname;
6928 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6929 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
6932 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6933 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6934 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6935 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6936 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6939 build_abbrev_table (die);
6941 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6942 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6943 calc_die_sizes (die);
6945 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
6948 tmp = (char *) alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
6950 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
6952 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6955 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6957 /* Output debugging information. */
6958 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6959 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6962 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6967 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
6971 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6972 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6973 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6976 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
6980 return (*lang_hooks.decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6983 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6986 add_pubname (decl, die)
6992 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6995 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6997 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6999 = (pubname_ref) ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7000 (pubname_table_allocated
7001 * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7002 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7003 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7006 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7008 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7011 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7012 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7013 visible procedures. */
7019 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7021 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7022 "Length of Public Names Info");
7023 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7024 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7025 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7026 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7027 "Compilation Unit Length");
7029 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7031 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7033 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7034 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
7037 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7040 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7043 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7046 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7049 add_arange (decl, die)
7053 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7056 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7058 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7059 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7060 (arange_table_allocated
7061 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7062 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7063 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7066 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7069 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7070 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7071 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7077 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7079 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7080 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7081 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7082 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7083 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7084 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7085 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7087 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7088 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7090 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7092 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7093 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7094 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7095 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7098 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7099 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7100 text_section_label, "Length");
7102 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7104 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7106 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7107 if (die->die_mark == 0)
7110 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7112 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7114 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7115 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7119 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7120 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7121 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7122 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7123 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7125 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
7129 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
7132 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7133 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7134 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7135 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7140 /* Output the terminator words. */
7141 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7142 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7145 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7152 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7154 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7156 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7157 ranges_table = (dw_ranges_ref)
7158 ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7159 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7160 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7161 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7164 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7165 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7167 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7174 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7175 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7177 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7179 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7183 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7184 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7186 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7187 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7189 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7190 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7191 base of the text section. */
7192 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7194 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7196 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7197 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7198 text_section_label, NULL);
7201 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7202 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7203 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7204 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7207 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7208 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7209 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7216 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7217 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7223 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7226 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7227 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7228 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7229 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7230 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7233 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7237 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7238 int length; /* Path length. */
7239 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7240 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7241 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7242 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7245 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7246 the directories in the path. */
7249 file_info_cmp (p1, p2)
7253 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7254 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7258 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7259 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7260 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7261 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7262 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7263 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7264 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7266 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7267 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7273 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7274 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7275 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7276 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7277 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7279 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7280 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7285 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7286 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7287 slowdowns with many input files. */
7290 output_file_names ()
7292 struct file_info *files;
7293 struct dir_info *dirs;
7302 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7303 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7305 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7306 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7310 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7311 files = (struct file_info *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table)
7312 * sizeof (struct file_info));
7313 dirs = (struct dir_info *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table)
7314 * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7316 /* Sort the file names. */
7317 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7321 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7322 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7323 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7326 /* Create a new array entry. */
7328 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7329 files[i].file_idx = i;
7331 /* Search for the file name part. */
7332 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7333 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7336 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7337 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7339 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7340 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7341 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7342 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7344 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7346 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7349 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7350 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7351 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7352 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7354 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7355 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7356 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7362 /* This is a new directory. */
7363 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7364 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7365 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7366 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7367 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7368 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7370 /* Search for a prefix. */
7371 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7372 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7373 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7374 && dirs[j].length > 1
7375 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7376 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7377 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7378 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7383 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7384 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7385 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7386 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7387 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7388 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7389 saved = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7390 savehere = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7392 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7393 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7398 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7399 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7400 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7401 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7403 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7406 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7408 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7413 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7418 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7419 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7421 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7422 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7427 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7429 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7431 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7432 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7433 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7435 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7436 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7438 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7439 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7444 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7445 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7446 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7447 backmap = (int *) alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7448 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7450 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7452 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7453 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7456 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7457 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7458 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7459 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7460 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7462 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7463 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7464 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7466 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7467 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7468 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7471 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7473 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7475 if (idx_offset == 0)
7478 /* Now write all the file names. */
7479 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7481 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7482 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7484 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7485 "File Entry: 0x%x", i);
7487 /* Include directory index. */
7488 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7490 /* Modification time. */
7491 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7493 /* File length in bytes. */
7494 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7497 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7501 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7502 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7507 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7508 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7509 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7512 unsigned long lt_index;
7513 unsigned long current_line;
7516 unsigned long current_file;
7517 unsigned long function;
7519 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7520 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7521 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7522 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7524 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7525 "Length of Source Line Info");
7526 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7528 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7529 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7530 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7532 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7533 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7534 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7535 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7536 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7537 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7538 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7539 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7540 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7541 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7543 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7544 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7545 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7546 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7547 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7548 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7549 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7550 "Special Opcode Base");
7552 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7556 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7557 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7558 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7559 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7560 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7568 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7572 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7573 output_file_names ();
7574 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7576 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7577 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7578 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7580 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7581 a series of state machine operations. */
7584 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7585 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7587 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7590 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7591 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7594 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7595 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7596 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7597 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7598 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7602 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7604 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7605 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7606 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7607 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7608 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7609 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7611 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7614 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7615 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7616 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7617 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7621 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7622 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7623 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7624 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7625 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7626 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7629 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7631 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7632 different from the previous line. */
7633 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7635 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7636 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7637 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7638 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7642 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7643 that uses the least amount of space. */
7644 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7646 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7647 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7648 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7649 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7650 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7651 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7653 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7654 "line %lu", current_line);
7657 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7658 depending on the value being encoded. */
7659 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7660 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7661 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7662 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7666 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7667 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7670 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7673 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7674 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7675 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7679 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7680 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7682 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7685 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7686 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7687 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7692 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7694 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7695 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7698 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7699 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7700 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7701 && line_info->function == function)
7705 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7706 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7707 to handle it differently. */
7708 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7710 if (function != line_info->function)
7712 function = line_info->function;
7714 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
7715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7716 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7717 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7718 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7722 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7725 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7726 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7727 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7731 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7732 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7733 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7734 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7738 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7740 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7741 different from the previous line. */
7742 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7744 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7745 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7746 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7747 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7751 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7752 that uses the least amount of space. */
7753 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7755 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7756 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7757 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7758 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7759 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7760 "line %lu", current_line);
7763 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7764 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7765 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7766 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7770 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7778 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7779 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7780 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7785 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7786 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7789 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7790 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7791 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7796 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7797 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7798 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7801 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7803 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7804 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7808 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7809 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7812 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7813 a DIE that describes the given type.
7815 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7816 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7819 base_type_die (type)
7822 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7823 const char *type_name;
7824 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7825 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7827 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7832 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7833 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7835 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7838 type_name = "__unknown__";
7840 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7843 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7844 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7845 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7847 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7848 && (type == char_type_node
7849 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7850 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7852 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7853 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7855 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7858 /* else fall through. */
7861 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7862 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7863 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7865 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7869 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7872 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7873 a user defined type for it. */
7875 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7876 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7878 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7882 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7883 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7887 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7891 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7892 if (demangle_name_func)
7893 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7895 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7896 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7897 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7898 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7900 return base_type_result;
7903 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7904 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7905 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7906 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7907 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7908 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7909 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7910 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7916 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7917 return error_mark_node;
7919 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7922 return error_mark_node;
7925 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7926 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7929 return type_main_variant (type);
7933 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7934 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7940 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7955 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7960 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7974 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7975 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7976 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7977 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7980 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7981 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
7985 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7986 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7987 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
7989 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
7990 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
7992 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7995 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7996 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7999 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
8002 int is_volatile_type;
8003 dw_die_ref context_die;
8005 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8006 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8007 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8008 tree item_type = NULL;
8010 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8012 tree qualified_type;
8014 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8017 = get_qualified_type (type,
8018 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8020 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8022 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8025 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8027 return mod_type_die;
8030 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8031 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8032 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8033 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8035 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8036 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8038 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8040 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8041 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8042 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8044 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8045 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8046 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8047 type to which it refers. */
8049 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8050 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8053 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8059 else if (is_const_type)
8061 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8062 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8064 else if (is_volatile_type)
8066 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8067 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8069 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8071 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8072 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8073 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8075 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8077 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8079 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8081 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8082 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8083 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8085 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8087 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8089 else if (is_base_type (type))
8090 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8093 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8095 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8096 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8097 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8098 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8099 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8101 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8102 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8104 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8105 not the main variant. */
8106 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8107 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
8111 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8112 type = qualified_type;
8116 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8118 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8119 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8120 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8121 types are possible in Ada. */
8122 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8123 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8124 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8127 if (sub_die != NULL)
8128 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8130 return mod_type_die;
8133 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8134 an enumerated type. */
8140 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8143 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8149 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8151 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8154 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8157 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8158 zero if there is no such. */
8160 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8161 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
8164 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8167 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8170 reg = reg_number (rtl);
8172 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
8174 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
8179 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8181 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8182 int_loc_descriptor (i)
8185 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8187 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8188 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8192 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8195 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8197 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8207 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8209 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8210 || i >= -0x80000000)
8216 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8219 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8221 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8222 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
8226 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8227 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8228 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8230 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8231 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8232 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8235 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8237 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8239 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8244 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8250 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8251 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
8252 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8253 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8256 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8257 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8258 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8259 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8261 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8262 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8263 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8264 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8266 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8267 autoincrement addressing modes.
8269 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8271 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8272 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
8274 enum machine_mode mode;
8276 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8278 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8279 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8280 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8281 zeroth element of the array. */
8283 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8285 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8290 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8291 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8293 /* ... fall through ... */
8296 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8297 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8298 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8299 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8300 contains the given subreg. */
8301 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8303 /* ... fall through ... */
8306 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8307 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8308 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8309 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8310 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8311 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8312 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8313 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8314 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8315 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8316 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8317 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8318 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8319 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8320 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
8324 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8325 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8326 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8330 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8331 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8335 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8336 by a different symbol. */
8337 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8340 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8342 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8345 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8346 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8351 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8352 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8353 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8354 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8359 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8360 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8361 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8362 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8366 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8368 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8373 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8375 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8376 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8377 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8378 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8380 /* ... fall through ... */
8384 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8385 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8386 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8389 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8390 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8393 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8394 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8395 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8396 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8397 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8400 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8401 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8402 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8403 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8410 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8411 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8412 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8413 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8415 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8418 mem_loc_result = op0;
8419 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8420 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
8425 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8429 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8431 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == MEM)
8432 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0), mode);
8440 return mem_loc_result;
8443 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8444 This is typically a complex variable. */
8446 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8447 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
8450 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8451 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8452 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8454 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8457 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8458 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8459 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8460 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8462 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8463 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8464 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8465 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8467 return cc_loc_result;
8470 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8471 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8472 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8473 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8474 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8476 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8478 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8479 loc_descriptor (rtl)
8482 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8484 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8487 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8488 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8489 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8490 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8491 contains the given subreg. */
8492 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8494 /* ... fall through ... */
8497 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8501 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8505 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8515 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8516 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8517 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8518 descriptor, return 0. */
8520 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8521 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
8525 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8527 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8528 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8530 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8531 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8534 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8539 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
8540 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8541 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8542 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8543 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8544 the names of types. */
8551 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8552 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8553 for (loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0);
8554 TREE_CODE (loc) == CONVERT_EXPR || TREE_CODE (loc) == NOP_EXPR
8555 || TREE_CODE (loc) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8556 || TREE_CODE (loc) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8557 || TREE_CODE (loc) == SAVE_EXPR;
8558 loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
8561 return (TREE_CODE (loc) == INDIRECT_REF
8562 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp)
8566 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8570 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8571 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8575 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8576 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8577 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8580 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8581 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8584 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8586 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8587 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8590 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8591 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8592 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8594 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8595 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8604 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8606 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8608 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8610 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8611 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8612 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8617 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8619 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
8622 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8625 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8631 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8636 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
8640 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8641 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8643 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
8648 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8651 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8652 enum machine_mode mode;
8655 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8656 &unsignedp, &volatilep);
8661 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
8663 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8666 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8668 /* Variable offset. */
8669 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
8670 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8676 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8678 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8679 else if (bytepos < 0)
8681 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8682 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8688 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8689 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8694 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
8695 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
8700 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
8706 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
8711 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
8719 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
8732 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
8736 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8737 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
8739 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8743 add_loc_descr (&ret,
8744 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8745 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
8755 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8762 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8769 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8776 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8791 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8792 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8793 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
8796 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8797 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8800 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
8814 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8818 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8822 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
8823 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
8824 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
8825 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
8827 /* ... fall through ... */
8831 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8832 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8833 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8834 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
8835 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
8837 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8838 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
8841 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
8842 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
8844 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
8845 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
8846 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
8848 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
8849 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8850 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
8852 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8853 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8854 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8855 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8856 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8864 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8865 if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
8868 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8869 if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
8871 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8873 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
8875 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8878 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8880 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
8886 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8887 which is not less than the value itself. */
8889 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8890 ceiling (value, boundary)
8891 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
8892 unsigned int boundary;
8894 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8897 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8898 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8899 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8908 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8909 return integer_type_node;
8911 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8912 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8913 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8918 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8919 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8920 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8922 static inline unsigned
8923 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
8926 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8929 static inline unsigned
8930 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl)
8933 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8936 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8937 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8938 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8939 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8940 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8943 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8944 field_byte_offset (decl)
8947 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8948 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8949 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8950 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8952 tree field_size_tree;
8953 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8954 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8955 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8957 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8959 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8962 type = field_type (decl);
8963 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
8965 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8966 a flexible array member. */
8967 if (! field_size_tree)
8968 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8970 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8971 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8972 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8973 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8976 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8978 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8979 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8980 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8982 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8984 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8985 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8986 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8988 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8989 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8990 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8991 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8992 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8993 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8994 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8995 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8997 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8999 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9000 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9001 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9002 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9003 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9004 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9005 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9006 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9007 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9008 bits of the bit-field itself.
9010 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9011 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9012 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9013 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9014 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9015 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9016 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9017 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9018 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9020 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9021 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9022 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9023 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9024 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9025 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9027 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9028 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9029 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9031 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9032 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9033 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9035 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9036 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9037 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9038 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9040 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9042 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9043 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9045 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9046 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9047 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9048 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9051 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9054 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9055 associated with them. */
9057 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9059 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9060 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9061 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9064 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, descr)
9066 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
9067 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9070 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9073 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9074 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9075 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9076 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9077 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9078 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9081 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9082 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9083 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9084 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9085 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9086 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9087 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9088 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9089 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9093 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
9098 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9100 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
9102 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9103 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
9105 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9106 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9107 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9108 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9110 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9112 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9114 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9116 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9117 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9118 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9120 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9121 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9122 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9124 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9125 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9129 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9130 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9131 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9132 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9134 /* Extract the offset. */
9135 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9136 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9138 /* Add it to the object address. */
9139 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9140 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9143 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9146 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9150 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9152 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9153 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9154 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9156 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9157 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9158 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9162 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9165 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9168 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9171 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9172 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9173 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9174 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9175 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9178 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
9182 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9185 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
9186 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
9187 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
9188 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
9189 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
9191 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9193 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9194 if (val < 0 && (long) val == val)
9195 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (long) val);
9196 else if ((unsigned long) val == (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val)
9197 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned long) val);
9200 #if HOST_BITS_PER_LONG * 2 == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
9201 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9202 val >> HOST_BITS_PER_LONG, val);
9211 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9212 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9213 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9214 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9216 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9218 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9220 unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
9221 long *array = (long *) ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length);
9224 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9228 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
9232 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
9237 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
9244 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
9248 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9249 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9252 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9253 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9259 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9265 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9266 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9270 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9271 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9272 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9273 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9274 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9275 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9276 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9277 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9278 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9279 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9280 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9284 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9291 rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
9296 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9297 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9298 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9300 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9301 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9302 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9303 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9304 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9305 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9306 referenced within the function.
9308 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9309 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9310 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9311 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9313 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9314 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9315 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9316 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9317 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9318 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9320 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9321 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9322 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9323 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9324 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9325 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9326 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9327 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9328 output at debug-time.
9330 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9331 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9332 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9333 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9334 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9335 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9336 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9337 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9338 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9339 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9340 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9341 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9342 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9344 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9345 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9346 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9347 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9348 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9349 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9350 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9351 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9354 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9355 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9356 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9357 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9358 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9359 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9360 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9361 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9362 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9363 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9364 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9365 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9366 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9369 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9370 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9372 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9373 constants and symbols living in memory. */
9374 if (! reload_completed)
9377 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9378 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9379 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))))
9381 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9386 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9388 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9390 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9391 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
9393 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9394 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9395 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9396 if (declared_type == passed_type)
9397 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9398 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9399 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
9400 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
9401 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
9402 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9405 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9406 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9407 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9408 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9409 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9410 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9412 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9413 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9414 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9415 /* Not passed in memory. */
9416 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
9417 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9418 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
9419 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9420 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9421 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9422 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9425 /* Big endian correction check. */
9427 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9428 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9431 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9432 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9434 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9435 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9439 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9441 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9442 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9443 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9444 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9448 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9449 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9450 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9451 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9453 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9454 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9455 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9456 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9458 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9459 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9460 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9461 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9462 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9464 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9466 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9467 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9468 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9469 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9470 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9471 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init));
9473 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9474 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9475 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9476 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9477 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9479 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9480 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9481 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9482 if (rtl && GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
9488 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9490 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9491 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9492 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9494 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9499 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
9500 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9501 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9502 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9503 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9504 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9505 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9506 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9507 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9508 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9511 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
9516 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9518 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9520 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
9523 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
9524 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9527 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9530 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9531 don't emit anything. */
9541 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9542 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
9546 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl))
9548 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9549 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9550 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9551 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9552 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl, 1);
9559 descr = loc_descriptor (rtl);
9561 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9569 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9570 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9571 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9574 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
9578 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9579 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9581 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
9582 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9587 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9590 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
9591 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9592 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
9594 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9595 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
9596 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
9603 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9604 the value of the attribute. */
9607 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
9609 const char *name_string;
9611 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
9613 if (demangle_name_func)
9614 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
9616 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
9620 /* Generate an DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9623 add_comp_dir_attribute (die)
9626 const char *wd = getpwd ();
9628 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
9631 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9632 a representation for that bound. */
9635 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
9636 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9637 enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
9640 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
9645 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9647 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
9648 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
9649 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
9650 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
9651 /* use the default */
9654 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
9659 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9660 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9661 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
9665 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9666 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9667 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9668 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9669 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9670 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9671 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9672 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9673 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9674 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9675 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9676 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9677 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9678 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9679 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9680 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9681 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9682 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9684 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9685 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9686 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9687 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
9688 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
9690 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9691 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9692 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
9694 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9695 it references an outer function's frame. */
9696 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
9698 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
9700 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
9701 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
9704 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9705 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9706 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location,
9707 loc_descriptor (loc));
9708 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9711 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9717 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
9719 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9720 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9721 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9722 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9724 if (decl_die != NULL)
9725 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9731 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9732 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9734 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
9735 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9737 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
9741 if (current_function_decl == 0)
9742 ctx = comp_unit_die;
9744 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9746 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9747 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9748 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9749 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9750 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9752 bound = build (SAVE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (bound), bound,
9753 current_function_decl, NULL_TREE);
9755 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9756 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9757 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9758 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9760 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9766 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9767 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9770 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
9771 dw_die_ref type_die;
9774 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9775 unsigned dimension_number;
9778 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9780 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9781 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9782 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9783 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9784 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9785 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9786 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9787 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9789 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9790 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9791 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9792 gen_array_type_die. */
9793 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9794 for (dimension_number = 0;
9795 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
9796 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
9799 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9801 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9802 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9804 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
9807 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9808 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
9809 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
9811 /* define the index type. */
9812 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
9814 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9815 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9816 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9817 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
9818 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
9819 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9820 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
9823 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
9827 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9828 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9830 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9831 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9832 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9834 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
9836 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
9839 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9840 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9846 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
9852 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
9860 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9861 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
9864 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9865 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9866 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9867 even for bit-fields. */
9868 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9874 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9875 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9876 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9877 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9878 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
9881 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9882 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9883 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9886 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9887 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9888 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9889 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9890 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9891 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9893 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9894 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9895 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9898 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
9902 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
9903 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9904 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9905 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
9906 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
9907 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
9909 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9911 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
9914 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9915 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9916 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9917 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
9918 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9921 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9923 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9924 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9925 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9926 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9927 below must take account of these differences. */
9928 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
9929 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
9931 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9933 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
9934 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9938 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9939 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
9940 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
9942 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
9945 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9946 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9949 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
9953 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9954 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
9955 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
9958 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9959 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
9962 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9963 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9966 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
9970 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
9971 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
9972 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
9975 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9976 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9980 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
9984 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
9986 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9988 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9989 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9990 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9992 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9993 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9997 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
9999 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10001 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10004 if (DECL_P (origin))
10005 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10006 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10007 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10009 if (origin_die == NULL)
10012 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10015 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10018 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
10022 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10024 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10026 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10027 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10028 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10029 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10032 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10033 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10034 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10035 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10039 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10042 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
10046 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10048 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10049 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10052 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10053 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10056 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
10062 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10063 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10065 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10066 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10067 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10069 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10070 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10071 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10072 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10073 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10074 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10077 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10078 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10079 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10080 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10082 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10083 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10084 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10089 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10092 push_decl_scope (scope)
10095 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10098 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10103 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
10106 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10109 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10110 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10111 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10112 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10113 the current active scope. */
10116 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
10118 dw_die_ref context_die;
10120 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10121 tree containing_scope;
10124 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10128 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10130 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
10131 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10132 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10134 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10135 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10136 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10137 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10138 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10140 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10141 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10142 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10144 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10145 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10146 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10147 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10148 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10153 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10154 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
10157 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10158 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10161 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10164 scope_die = context_die;
10169 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10172 local_scope_p (context_die)
10173 dw_die_ref context_die;
10175 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10176 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10177 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10183 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
10186 class_scope_p (context_die)
10187 dw_die_ref context_die;
10189 return (context_die
10190 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10191 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
10194 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10195 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10196 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10199 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
10200 dw_die_ref object_die;
10204 dw_die_ref context_die;
10206 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10207 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10209 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10210 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10211 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10212 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10213 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10214 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10215 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10217 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10218 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10219 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10220 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10221 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10224 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10225 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10226 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10229 if (type_die != NULL)
10230 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10233 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10234 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10235 was declared without a tag. */
10237 static const char *
10241 const char *name = 0;
10243 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10247 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10248 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10249 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10251 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10252 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10254 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10255 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10256 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10258 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10260 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10263 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10266 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10267 for bit field types. */
10270 member_declared_type (member)
10273 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10274 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10277 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10278 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10281 static const char *
10282 decl_start_label (decl)
10286 const char *fnname;
10288 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10289 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
10293 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
10296 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10301 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10302 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10303 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10306 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
10308 dw_die_ref context_die;
10310 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10311 dw_die_ref array_die;
10314 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10315 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10316 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10317 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10318 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10321 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10322 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10323 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10325 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10327 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10328 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10329 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10330 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10334 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10335 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10336 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10337 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10338 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10339 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10340 for multidimensional arrays. */
10341 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10344 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10345 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10346 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10347 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10348 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10351 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10353 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10354 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10356 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10357 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10358 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10359 add_subscript_info. */
10360 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10361 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10362 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10364 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10367 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10371 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
10373 dw_die_ref context_die;
10375 dw_die_ref type_die
10376 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10378 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10379 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10384 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
10386 dw_die_ref context_die;
10388 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10389 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10391 if (origin != NULL)
10392 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10395 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10396 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10397 0, 0, context_die);
10400 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10401 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10403 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10407 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10408 emit full debugging info for them. */
10411 retry_incomplete_types ()
10415 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10416 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10419 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10422 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
10424 dw_die_ref context_die;
10426 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10428 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10429 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10430 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10433 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10436 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
10438 dw_die_ref context_die;
10440 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10442 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10443 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10444 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10447 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10450 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
10452 dw_die_ref context_die;
10454 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10456 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10457 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10458 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10461 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10462 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10463 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10467 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
10469 dw_die_ref context_die;
10471 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10473 if (type_die == NULL)
10475 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10476 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10477 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10478 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10480 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10483 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10485 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10486 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10487 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10488 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10492 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10493 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10494 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10495 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10497 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10498 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10499 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10500 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10502 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
10503 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10505 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10507 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10508 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10510 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
10512 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
10513 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10514 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
10516 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10517 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
10522 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10525 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10526 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10529 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10530 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10531 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10532 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10533 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10534 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10535 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10536 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10539 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
10541 dw_die_ref context_die;
10543 dw_die_ref parm_die
10544 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
10547 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
10550 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
10551 if (origin != NULL)
10552 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
10555 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
10556 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
10557 TREE_READONLY (node),
10558 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
10560 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
10561 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10564 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
10565 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
10566 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
10571 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10572 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
10582 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10583 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10586 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
10588 dw_die_ref context_die;
10590 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
10593 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10594 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10595 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10596 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10599 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
10600 tree function_or_method_type;
10601 dw_die_ref context_die;
10604 tree formal_type = NULL;
10605 tree first_parm_type;
10608 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10610 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
10611 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
10616 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10618 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10619 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10620 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
10622 dw_die_ref parm_die;
10624 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
10625 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
10628 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10629 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
10630 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
10631 && link == first_parm_type)
10632 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
10633 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10635 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
10637 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
10640 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10641 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10642 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
10643 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
10645 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10646 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10647 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10648 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
10649 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10650 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
10653 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10654 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10655 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10656 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10657 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10660 gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
10662 dw_die_ref context_die;
10664 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
10666 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10667 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10668 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
10669 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
10671 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
10674 push_decl_scope (type);
10675 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10676 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10678 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10684 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10685 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10688 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl)
10691 dw_die_ref old_die;
10694 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
10696 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10697 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
10699 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10700 if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10701 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10704 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10705 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10706 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10708 context = decl_class_context (decl);
10710 gen_type_die_for_member
10711 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
10714 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10715 save_fn = current_function_decl;
10716 current_function_decl = decl;
10718 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
10719 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
10720 if (! was_abstract)
10721 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
10723 current_function_decl = save_fn;
10726 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10730 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
10732 dw_die_ref context_die;
10734 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10735 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10736 dw_die_ref subr_die;
10740 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10741 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
10742 || class_scope_p (context_die));
10744 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10745 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10746 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10747 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10748 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10750 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10751 if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
10758 if (origin != NULL)
10760 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
10763 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10764 inline function. */
10765 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
10766 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
10768 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10769 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
10773 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10775 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
10776 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10777 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10778 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10779 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10781 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10782 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10783 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10784 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10785 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10791 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10792 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10793 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10794 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10795 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10796 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10797 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10798 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
10799 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10800 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
10801 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10802 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
10804 subr_die = old_die;
10806 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10807 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10808 remove_children (subr_die);
10812 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10813 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10814 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10815 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10816 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10817 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10819 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10824 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10826 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10827 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10829 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
10830 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10832 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
10833 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10834 0, 0, context_die);
10837 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10838 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10839 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10841 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10842 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10843 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10844 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10849 if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10851 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10853 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10854 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10855 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10856 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10857 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10858 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10861 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10863 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
10865 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
10866 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
10867 We can't get this completely correct because information
10868 about whether the function was declared inline is not
10870 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
10871 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
10873 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
10876 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
10878 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10880 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
10882 if (!old_die || !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10883 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10885 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
10886 current_function_funcdef_no);
10887 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
10888 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10889 current_function_funcdef_no);
10890 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
10892 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
10893 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
10895 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10896 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10897 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
10900 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10901 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10902 variables is relative to one of them. */
10904 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
10905 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
10908 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10909 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10910 if (current_function_needs_context)
10911 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
10912 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl)));
10916 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10917 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10918 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10919 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10920 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10921 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10922 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10923 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10924 an ellipsis at the end. */
10926 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10927 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10928 its formal parameters. */
10929 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10931 else if (declaration)
10932 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
10935 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
10936 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
10939 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10940 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10941 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
10942 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10944 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
10945 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
10946 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10947 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
10949 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
10952 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10953 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10954 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10955 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10956 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10957 parameters at all. */
10958 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10959 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
10961 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
10962 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
10963 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10965 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10966 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10969 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10970 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10971 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10973 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10974 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10975 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10976 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10977 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10978 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10979 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10981 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10982 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10983 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10984 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10985 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10986 constructor function. */
10987 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
10989 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
10990 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
10992 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10993 if (current_function_has_inlines)
10995 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10996 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
10998 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10999 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11006 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11009 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
11011 dw_die_ref context_die;
11013 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11014 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11016 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11017 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11018 || class_scope_p (context_die));
11020 if (origin != NULL)
11021 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11023 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11024 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11026 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11027 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11030 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11031 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
11032 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11034 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11035 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
11036 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11038 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
11040 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11041 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11043 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11044 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
11046 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
11047 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
11052 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11053 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11054 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11056 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11057 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11059 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11060 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11062 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11063 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11064 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11065 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11069 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11071 if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11072 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11074 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11076 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11077 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11080 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11083 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11086 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
11088 dw_die_ref context_die;
11090 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11091 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11093 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11095 if (origin != NULL)
11096 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11098 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11100 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11101 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11104 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
11106 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11107 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
11108 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11109 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
11110 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
11111 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
11113 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11114 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11115 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11116 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11117 it if it ever does happen. */
11118 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
11121 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11122 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11127 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11130 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11132 dw_die_ref context_die;
11135 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11136 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11138 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11140 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11144 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11146 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11149 add_ranges (chain);
11150 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11157 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11158 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11159 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11160 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11161 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11162 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11166 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11169 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11172 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11174 dw_die_ref context_die;
11177 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11179 dw_die_ref subr_die
11180 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11181 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11182 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11184 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
11185 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11187 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11188 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11189 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11190 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11191 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11192 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11193 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11194 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11195 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11198 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11199 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11200 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11201 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11202 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11203 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11204 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11205 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11206 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11207 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11208 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11210 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11213 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11216 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
11218 dw_die_ref context_die;
11220 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11222 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11223 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11224 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11227 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11229 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11230 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11231 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11234 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11235 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11237 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11238 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11240 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11241 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11242 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11243 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11247 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11248 Use modified_type_die instead.
11249 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11250 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11253 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
11255 dw_die_ref context_die;
11258 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11260 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11261 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11262 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11265 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11266 Use modified_type_die instead.
11267 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11268 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11271 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
11273 dw_die_ref context_die;
11276 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11278 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11279 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11280 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11284 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11287 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
11289 dw_die_ref context_die;
11292 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11293 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11295 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11296 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11297 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11298 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11301 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11304 gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
11305 const char *filename;
11308 char producer[250];
11309 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11312 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11316 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11317 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
11318 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11321 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11323 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11324 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11325 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11326 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11327 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11328 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11329 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11330 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11331 strcat (producer, " -g");
11334 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11336 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11337 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11338 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11339 language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
11340 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11341 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11342 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11343 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11344 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11345 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11347 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11349 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11353 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11356 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
11358 dw_die_ref context_die;
11360 dw_die_ref type_die
11361 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11363 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11365 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11366 TODO: add string length info. */
11368 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11369 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11373 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11376 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, access, context_die)
11377 tree binfo, access;
11378 dw_die_ref context_die;
11380 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11382 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11383 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11385 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
11386 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11388 if (access == access_public_node)
11389 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11390 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11391 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11394 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11397 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
11399 dw_die_ref context_die;
11402 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11405 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11406 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11407 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11408 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11409 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11410 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11411 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11412 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11413 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11414 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11415 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11417 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11418 if (binfo && BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo))
11420 tree bases = BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo);
11421 tree accesses = BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo);
11422 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
11425 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
11426 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i),
11427 (accesses ? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses, i)
11428 : access_public_node), context_die);
11431 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11432 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11434 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11435 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11436 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11437 do put them in the right order. */
11439 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11441 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11443 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11446 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11447 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11449 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11450 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11453 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11455 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11457 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11461 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11462 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11463 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11466 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
11468 dw_die_ref context_die;
11470 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11471 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11473 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11474 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11475 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11477 if (type_die && ! complete)
11480 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11481 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11484 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11486 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11487 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11489 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11491 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11492 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11494 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11496 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
11498 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11501 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11503 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11504 then give a list of members. */
11507 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11508 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11509 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11510 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11511 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11512 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11514 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11515 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11516 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11517 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
11519 push_decl_scope (type);
11520 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
11523 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11524 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
11526 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
11528 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
11529 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11530 lookup_type_die (vtype));
11535 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11537 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11538 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11539 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
11540 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
11544 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11547 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
11549 dw_die_ref context_die;
11551 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11552 dw_die_ref subr_die
11553 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
11554 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11556 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
11557 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
11558 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11559 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
11562 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
11565 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
11567 dw_die_ref context_die;
11569 dw_die_ref type_die;
11572 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11575 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
11576 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
11577 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11578 if (origin != NULL)
11579 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
11584 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
11585 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
11587 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
11589 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
11592 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
11595 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
11597 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
11598 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11601 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11602 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
11605 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11608 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
11610 dw_die_ref context_die;
11614 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11617 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11618 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11620 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11623 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11624 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == type)
11627 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11628 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
11632 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11633 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11634 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11635 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11636 cloned type itself). */
11637 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
11638 type = type_main_variant (type);
11640 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11643 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11649 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
11650 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11651 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11652 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11653 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11655 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11657 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11658 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11659 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11663 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11664 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11665 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
11667 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11668 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11670 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11672 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
11676 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
11677 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
11681 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11682 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11685 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
11686 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11687 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11688 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11692 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11693 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11694 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11698 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
11700 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11701 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
11704 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11708 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11711 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11714 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11715 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11716 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11717 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11718 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11719 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11720 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11721 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
11722 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11723 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11725 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
11727 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11730 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11731 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11732 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11738 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
11739 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11741 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11746 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11747 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11748 when appropriate. */
11757 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11761 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11768 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11771 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11774 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
11776 dw_die_ref context_die;
11778 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11781 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11782 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11783 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11785 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
11788 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11789 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11791 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11796 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11797 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11801 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
11805 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11806 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11814 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11815 things which are local to the given block. */
11818 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
11820 dw_die_ref context_die;
11823 int must_output_die = 0;
11826 enum tree_code origin_code;
11828 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11829 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
11830 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
11833 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11834 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11835 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11836 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
11840 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
11841 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
11846 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11847 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11848 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11849 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11850 the current block. */
11851 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11852 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
11854 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11856 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11857 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11858 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11859 must_output_die = 1;
11862 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11863 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11864 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11865 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11866 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11867 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11868 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11869 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
11871 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11872 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11873 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11874 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11875 as being a "significant" one. */
11876 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
11878 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11879 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11880 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
11881 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11882 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11883 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11885 must_output_die = 1;
11891 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11892 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11893 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11894 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11895 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11896 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11897 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11898 if (must_output_die)
11900 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11901 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11903 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11906 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
11909 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11910 all of its sub-blocks. */
11913 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
11915 dw_die_ref context_die;
11921 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11922 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
11925 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11926 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11927 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11928 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11929 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11933 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11934 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11935 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11936 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11940 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
11941 add_child_die (context_die, die);
11943 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11946 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11947 therein) of this block. */
11948 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
11950 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
11951 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
11954 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11957 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
11960 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11963 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11964 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
11965 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11966 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
11967 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
11968 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11974 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11977 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
11979 dw_die_ref context_die;
11983 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11986 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11992 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11993 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11996 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11997 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11998 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11999 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12000 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12003 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12004 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12005 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12007 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12008 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12009 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12010 && ! class_scope_p (context_die)
12011 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12012 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12013 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12014 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12016 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12017 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12020 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12021 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12023 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12024 have described its return type. */
12025 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12027 /* And its virtual context. */
12028 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12029 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12031 /* And its containing type. */
12032 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12033 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12034 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12037 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12038 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12042 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12043 actual typedefs. */
12044 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12047 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12048 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12049 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12050 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12051 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12052 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12053 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12055 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12059 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12060 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12062 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12063 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12067 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12068 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12072 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12073 variable declarations or definitions. */
12074 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12077 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12079 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12081 /* And its containing type. */
12082 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12083 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12084 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12086 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12087 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12088 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12090 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12091 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12092 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12094 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12098 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12099 anonymous unions. */
12100 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12101 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
12103 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12104 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12109 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12110 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12113 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12114 /* Ignore for now. */
12122 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12125 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
12126 const char *filename;
12127 const char *context_list;
12129 unsigned int file_index;
12131 if (filename != NULL)
12133 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12134 tree context_list_decl
12135 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12138 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12139 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12140 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12141 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12142 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12146 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12147 compilation proper has finished. */
12150 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl)
12153 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12154 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12155 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12156 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12157 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12158 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12161 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12164 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
12167 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12169 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12174 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12175 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12176 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12177 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12178 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
12181 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12182 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12183 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12184 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12185 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12186 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12187 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12188 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12189 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12190 with the definition of the function.
12192 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12193 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12194 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12195 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12196 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12197 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12198 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12199 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12200 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12201 that they *are* definitions).
12203 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12204 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12205 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12206 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12207 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12208 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12211 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12212 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12213 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12214 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12215 context_die = NULL;
12219 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12220 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12221 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12222 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12223 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12224 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12225 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12226 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12227 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12230 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12231 variable declarations or definitions. */
12232 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12237 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12238 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12241 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12242 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12243 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
12245 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12246 comparisons have. */
12247 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12248 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12249 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12250 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12251 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12256 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12257 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12260 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12261 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12262 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12263 context_die = NULL;
12271 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12274 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12275 a lexical block. */
12278 dwarf2out_begin_block (line, blocknum)
12279 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12280 unsigned int blocknum;
12282 function_section (current_function_decl);
12283 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
12286 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12290 dwarf2out_end_block (line, blocknum)
12291 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12292 unsigned int blocknum;
12294 function_section (current_function_decl);
12295 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
12298 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12299 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12301 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12302 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12303 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12306 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
12311 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12312 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12313 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
12319 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12320 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12321 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12322 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12323 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12324 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12325 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12326 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12327 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12331 lookup_filename (file_name)
12332 const char *file_name;
12335 char *save_file_name;
12337 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
12338 if (strcmp (file_name, "<internal>") == 0
12339 || strcmp (file_name, "<built-in>") == 0)
12342 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12343 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12344 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
12347 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
12348 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
12349 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
12352 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12353 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
12354 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
12355 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
12357 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
12361 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12362 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
12363 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
12364 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
12365 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12371 maybe_emit_file (fileno)
12374 static int emitcount = 0;
12375 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
12377 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
12379 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
12380 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
12381 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
12382 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
12383 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
12384 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
12386 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
12395 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12396 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
12397 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12399 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12400 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
12401 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12402 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
12405 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12406 and record information relating to this source line, in
12407 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12410 dwarf2out_source_line (line, filename)
12412 const char *filename;
12414 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12416 function_section (current_function_decl);
12418 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12419 if (flag_debug_asm)
12420 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
12423 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12425 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12427 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
12429 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12430 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
12432 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12433 line_info_table_in_use++;
12435 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12436 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12437 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
12439 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12441 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
12442 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12443 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
12445 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12446 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12447 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
12449 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12450 separate_line_info_table
12451 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
12452 ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
12453 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12454 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
12455 memset ((separate_line_info_table
12456 + separate_line_info_table_in_use),
12458 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12459 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
12462 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12464 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
12465 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12466 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12467 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
12471 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
12473 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12474 line_info_table_in_use);
12476 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12477 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
12479 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12481 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
12482 (line_info_table_allocated
12483 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
12484 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
12485 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12488 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12489 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
12490 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12491 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12496 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12499 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno, filename)
12500 unsigned int lineno;
12501 const char *filename;
12503 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && !is_main_source)
12505 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12506 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
12508 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12509 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
12512 is_main_source = 0;
12514 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12516 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12517 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
12518 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
12520 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
12521 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
12522 "Filename we just started");
12526 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12529 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno)
12530 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12532 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12533 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12534 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12536 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12538 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12539 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12543 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12544 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12545 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12548 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
12549 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12550 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12552 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12554 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12555 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
12556 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12557 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12561 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12562 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12563 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12566 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
12567 unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12568 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12570 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12572 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12573 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
12574 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12575 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12579 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12582 dwarf2out_init (input_filename)
12583 const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12585 init_file_table ();
12587 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12588 decl_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12589 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12590 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12591 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
12593 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12594 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12596 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12597 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12598 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12599 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12600 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12601 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
12603 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12604 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12605 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12606 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12608 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12609 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
12611 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12612 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12613 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12614 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12615 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12616 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12617 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
12618 is_main_source = 1;
12620 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
12622 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12624 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12625 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
12626 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12627 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12628 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12630 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
12632 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
12633 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12634 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
12635 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12636 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
12637 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12638 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12639 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
12640 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12641 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
12642 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12643 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
12645 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12647 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12648 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
12649 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12650 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
12653 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12656 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
12660 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12661 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12664 output_indirect_string (h, v)
12666 void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
12668 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
12670 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
12672 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
12673 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
12674 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
12682 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12683 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12686 prune_unmark_dies (die)
12691 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12692 prune_unmark_dies (c);
12696 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12697 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12700 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die)
12705 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
12707 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
12709 /* A reference to another DIE.
12710 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12711 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
12713 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
12715 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12716 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
12717 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
12723 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12724 to DIE's children. */
12727 prune_unused_types_mark (die, dokids)
12733 if (die->die_mark == 0)
12735 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12738 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12739 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12740 if (die->die_parent)
12741 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
12743 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12744 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12747 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
12749 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12750 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12754 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12756 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12757 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12758 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
12759 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
12761 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12767 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12770 prune_unused_types_walk (die)
12775 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12779 switch (die->die_tag) {
12780 case DW_TAG_const_type:
12781 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
12782 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
12783 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
12784 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
12785 case DW_TAG_typedef:
12786 case DW_TAG_array_type:
12787 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
12788 case DW_TAG_union_type:
12789 case DW_TAG_class_type:
12790 case DW_TAG_friend:
12791 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
12792 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
12793 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
12794 case DW_TAG_string_type:
12795 case DW_TAG_set_type:
12796 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
12797 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
12798 case DW_TAG_file_type:
12799 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12803 /* Mark everything else. */
12809 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12810 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12812 /* Mark children. */
12813 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12814 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12818 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12821 prune_unused_types_prune (die)
12824 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
12825 if (!die->die_mark)
12829 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
12834 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
12842 die->die_child = n;
12849 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12852 prune_unused_types ()
12855 limbo_die_node *node;
12857 /* Clear all the marks. */
12858 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
12859 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12860 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
12862 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12863 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
12864 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12865 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
12867 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12868 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12869 for (i=0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
12871 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
12873 for (i=0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
12875 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
12878 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12879 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
12880 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12881 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
12883 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12884 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
12885 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12886 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
12889 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12890 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12893 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename)
12894 const char *input_filename;
12896 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
12897 dw_die_ref die = 0;
12899 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12900 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12901 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, input_filename);
12902 if (input_filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
12903 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
12904 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
12907 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
12908 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
12910 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
12915 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12916 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12917 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12918 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12920 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
12922 next_node = node->next;
12925 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
12927 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
12931 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
12932 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
12934 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12935 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12936 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12937 else if (node->created_for
12938 && TREE_CODE (node->created_for) == SAVE_EXPR
12939 && 0 != (origin = (lookup_decl_die
12941 (node->created_for)))))
12942 add_child_die (origin, die);
12943 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
12944 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12945 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
12946 else if (node->created_for
12947 && ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
12948 && (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
12949 || (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
12950 && (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
12951 && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12953 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12954 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12955 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12956 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12957 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12958 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
12961 add_child_die (origin, die);
12968 limbo_die_list = NULL;
12970 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12971 emit full debugging info for them. */
12972 retry_incomplete_types ();
12974 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12975 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12976 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
12978 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12979 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12980 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12981 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
12983 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
12984 prune_unused_types ();
12986 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12987 that have children. */
12988 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
12989 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12990 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
12992 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12994 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12996 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12997 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12998 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12999 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13000 examining the file. */
13001 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13003 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13004 output_line_info ();
13007 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13008 if (have_location_lists)
13010 /* Output the location lists info. */
13011 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13012 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
13013 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13014 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
13015 output_location_lists (die);
13016 have_location_lists = 0;
13019 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13021 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
13023 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
13024 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
13027 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13028 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13029 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
13030 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
13032 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13033 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
13034 debug_line_section_label);
13036 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13037 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13039 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13040 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13041 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13042 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13044 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13046 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13047 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13048 output_abbrev_section ();
13050 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13051 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13053 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13054 output_pubnames ();
13057 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13058 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13059 if (fde_table_in_use)
13061 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13065 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13066 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13068 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13069 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13073 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13074 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13076 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13078 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13081 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13083 if (debug_str_hash)
13084 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13088 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13089 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13091 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13093 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"